Sema.h revision 4a91989b2dc901a4998fa5443aeba0276a8cfaa6
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 376 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 377 /// exception spec. 378 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 379 380 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 381 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 382 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 383 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 384 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 385 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 386 387 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 388 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 389 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 390 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 391 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 392 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 393 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 394 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 395 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 396 397 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 398 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 399 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 400 401 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 402 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 403 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 404 void *OpaqueParser; 405 406 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 407 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 408 OpaqueParser = P; 409 } 410 411 class DelayedDiagnostics; 412 413 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 414 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 415 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 416 }; 417 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 418 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 419 420 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 421 /// during parsing and other processing. 422 class DelayedDiagnostics { 423 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 424 /// diagnostics should go. 425 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 426 427 public: 428 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 429 430 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 431 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 432 433 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 434 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 435 436 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 437 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 438 return CurPool; 439 } 440 441 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 442 /// collected in this pool. 443 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 444 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 445 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 446 CurPool = &pool; 447 return state; 448 } 449 450 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 451 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 452 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 453 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 454 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 455 } 456 457 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 458 /// not delayed. 459 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 460 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 461 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 462 CurPool = 0; 463 return state; 464 } 465 466 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 467 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 468 assert(CurPool == NULL); 469 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 470 } 471 } DelayedDiagnostics; 472 473 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 474 class ContextRAII { 475 private: 476 Sema &S; 477 DeclContext *SavedContext; 478 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 479 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 480 481 public: 482 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 483 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 484 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 485 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 486 { 487 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 488 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 489 } 490 491 void pop() { 492 if (!SavedContext) return; 493 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 494 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 495 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 496 SavedContext = 0; 497 } 498 499 ~ContextRAII() { 500 pop(); 501 } 502 }; 503 504 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 505 /// a function body. 506 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 507 Sema &S; 508 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 509 510 public: 511 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 512 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 513 { 514 S.PushFunctionScope(); 515 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 516 } 517 518 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 519 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 520 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 521 } 522 }; 523 524 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 525 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 526 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 527 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 528 529 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 530 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 531 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 532 /// in the currently selected standard. 533 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 534 535 536 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 537 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 538 539 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 540 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 541 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 542 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 543 /// It would be best to refactor this. 544 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 545 546 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 547 548 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 549 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 550 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 551 Scope *TUScope; 552 553 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 554 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 555 556 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 557 /// standard library. 558 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 559 560 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 561 /// \<initializer_list>. 562 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 563 564 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 565 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 566 567 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 568 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 569 570 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 571 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 572 573 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 574 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 575 576 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 577 QualType NSNumberPointer; 578 579 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 580 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 583 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 584 585 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 586 QualType NSStringPointer; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 589 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 592 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 593 594 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 595 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 596 597 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 598 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 599 600 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 601 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 602 603 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 604 QualType QIDNSCopying; 605 606 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 607 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 608 609 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 610 /// have been declared. 611 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 612 613 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 614 /// references to fields. This is really a 615 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 616 617 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 618 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 619 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 620 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 621 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 622 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 623 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 624 /// run time. 625 Unevaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 628 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 629 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 630 UnevaluatedAbstract, 631 632 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 633 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 634 /// cases in a switch statment). 635 ConstantEvaluated, 636 637 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 638 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 639 /// expression at run time. 640 PotentiallyEvaluated, 641 642 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 643 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 644 /// in fact the current expression is used. 645 /// 646 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 647 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 648 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 649 /// until the default argument is used. 650 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 651 }; 652 653 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 654 /// expression evaluation contexts. 655 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 656 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 657 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 658 659 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 661 662 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 663 bool IsDecltype; 664 665 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 666 /// this expression evaluation context. 667 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 668 669 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 670 671 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 672 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 673 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 674 675 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 676 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 677 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 678 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 679 680 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 681 /// and block literals within this context. 682 /// 683 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 684 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 685 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 686 687 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 688 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 689 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 690 691 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 692 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 693 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 694 695 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 696 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 697 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 698 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 699 bool IsDecltype) 700 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 701 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 702 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 703 704 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 705 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 706 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() { 707 assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration"); 708 if (!MangleNumbering) 709 MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext; 710 return *MangleNumbering; 711 } 712 713 bool isUnevaluated() const { 714 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 715 } 716 }; 717 718 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 719 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 720 721 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 722 /// block literal. 723 /// 724 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 725 /// block literal. 726 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 727 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 728 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 729 const DeclContext *DC, 730 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 731 732 733 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 734 /// function. 735 /// 736 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 737 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 738 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 739 public: 740 enum Kind { 741 NoMemberOrDeleted, 742 Ambiguous, 743 Success 744 }; 745 746 private: 747 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 748 749 public: 750 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 751 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 752 {} 753 754 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 755 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 756 757 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 758 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 759 }; 760 761 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 762 /// for C++ records. 763 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 764 765 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 766 /// 767 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 768 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 769 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 770 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 771 /// checks. 772 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 773 774 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 775 776 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 777 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 778 779 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 780 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 781 782 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 783 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 784 /// 785 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 786 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 787 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 788 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 789 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 790 791 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 792 // argument locations. 793 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 794 795 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 796 /// definition in this translation unit. 797 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 798 799 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 800 void getUndefinedButUsed( 801 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 802 803 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 804 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 805 806 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 807 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 808 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 809 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 810 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 811 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 812 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 813 814 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 815 /// of -Wselector. 816 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 817 818 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 819 enum CXXSpecialMember { 820 CXXDefaultConstructor, 821 CXXCopyConstructor, 822 CXXMoveConstructor, 823 CXXCopyAssignment, 824 CXXMoveAssignment, 825 CXXDestructor, 826 CXXInvalid 827 }; 828 829 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 830 831 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 832 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 833 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 834 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 835 836 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 837 838 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 839 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 840 841 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 842 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 843 /// should not be used elsewhere. 844 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 845 846 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 847 /// statements. 848 class FPContractStateRAII { 849 public: 850 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 851 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 852 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 853 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 854 } 855 private: 856 Sema& S; 857 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 858 }; 859 860 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 861 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 862 863public: 864 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 865 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 866 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 867 ~Sema(); 868 869 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 870 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 871 void Initialize(); 872 873 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 874 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 875 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 876 877 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 878 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 879 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 880 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 881 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 882 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 883 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 884 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 885 886 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 887 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 888 /// 889 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 890 /// 891 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 892 893 void PrintStats() const; 894 895 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 896 /// template instantiation stacks. 897 /// 898 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 899 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 900 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 901 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 902 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 903 /// well. 904 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 905 Sema &SemaRef; 906 unsigned DiagID; 907 908 public: 909 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 910 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 911 912 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 913 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 914 if (!isActive()) return; 915 916 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 917 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 918 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 919 // 920 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 921 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 922 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 923 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 924 // eliminate that code. 925 FlushCounts(); 926 Clear(); 927 928 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 929 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 930 } 931 932 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 933 template<typename T> 934 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 935 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 936 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 937 BaseDiag << Value; 938 return Diag; 939 } 940 }; 941 942 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 943 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 944 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 945 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 946 } 947 948 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 949 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 950 951 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 952 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 953 954 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 955 956 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 957 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 958 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 959 960 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 961 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 962 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 963 964 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 965 966 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 967 968 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 969 970 void PushFunctionScope(); 971 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 972 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 973 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 974 RecordDecl *RD, 975 CapturedRegionKind K); 976 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 977 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 978 979 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 980 return FunctionScopes.back(); 981 } 982 983 template <typename ExprT> 984 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 985 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 986 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 987 } 988 989 void PushCompoundScope(); 990 void PopCompoundScope(); 991 992 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 993 994 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 995 996 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 997 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 998 999 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 1000 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 1001 1002 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 1003 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1004 1005 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1006 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1007 1008 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1009 1010 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1011 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1012 // 1013 1014 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1015 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1016 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1017 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1018 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1019 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1020 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1021 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1022 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1023 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1024 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1025 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1026 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1027 1028 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1029 1030 /// \brief Build a function type. 1031 /// 1032 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1033 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1034 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1035 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1036 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1037 /// 1038 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1039 /// 1040 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1041 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1042 /// function parameters. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1045 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1046 /// type that will have function type. 1047 /// 1048 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1049 /// type, if known. 1050 /// 1051 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1052 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1053 /// 1054 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1055 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1056 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1057 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1058 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1059 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1060 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1061 1062 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1063 SourceLocation Loc, 1064 DeclarationName Entity); 1065 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1066 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1067 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1068 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1069 1070 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1071 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1072 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1073 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1074 1075 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1076 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1077 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1078 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1079 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1080 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1081 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1082 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1083 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1084 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1085 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1086 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1087 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1089 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1090 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1091 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1092 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1093 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1094 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1095 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1096 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1097 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1098 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1099 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1100 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1101 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1102 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1103 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1104 1105 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1106 1107 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1108 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1109 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1110 1111 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1112 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1113 bool Suppressed; 1114 1115 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1116 1117 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1118 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1119 }; 1120 1121 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1122 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1123 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1124 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1125 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1126 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1127 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1128 return II; 1129 } 1130 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1131 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1132 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1133 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1134 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1135 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1136 1137 template<typename T1> 1138 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1139 unsigned DiagID; 1140 const T1 &Arg1; 1141 1142 public: 1143 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1144 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1145 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1146 if (Suppressed) return; 1147 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1148 } 1149 1150 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1151 }; 1152 1153 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1154 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1155 unsigned DiagID; 1156 const T1 &Arg1; 1157 const T2 &Arg2; 1158 1159 public: 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1161 const T2 &Arg2) 1162 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1163 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1164 1165 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1166 if (Suppressed) return; 1167 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1168 } 1169 1170 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1171 }; 1172 1173 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1174 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1175 unsigned DiagID; 1176 const T1 &Arg1; 1177 const T2 &Arg2; 1178 const T3 &Arg3; 1179 1180 public: 1181 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1182 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1183 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1184 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1185 1186 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1187 if (Suppressed) return; 1188 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1189 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1190 } 1191 1192 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1193 }; 1194 1195private: 1196 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1197 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1198public: 1199 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1200 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1201 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1202 unsigned DiagID); 1203 1204 template<typename T1> 1205 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1206 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1207 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1208 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1209 } 1210 1211 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1212 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1213 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1214 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1215 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1216 } 1217 1218 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1219 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1220 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1221 const T3 &Arg3) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1223 Arg3); 1224 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1225 } 1226 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1228 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1229 1230 template<typename T1> 1231 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1232 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1233 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1234 } 1235 1236 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1237 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1238 const T2 &Arg2) { 1239 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1240 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1241 } 1242 1243 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1244 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1245 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1246 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1247 Arg3); 1248 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1249 } 1250 1251 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1252 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1253 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1254 1255 template<typename T1> 1256 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1257 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1258 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1259 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1260 } 1261 1262 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1263 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1264 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1265 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1266 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1267 } 1268 1269 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1270 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1271 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1272 const T3 &Arg3) { 1273 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1274 Arg3); 1275 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1276 } 1277 1278 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1279 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1280 1281 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1282 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1283 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1284 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1285 SourceLocation Loc); 1286 1287 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1288 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1289 // 1290 1291 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1292 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1293 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1294 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1295 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1296 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1297 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1298 /// such as: 1299 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1300 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1301 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1303 1304 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1305 1306 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1307 1308 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1309 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1310 bool isClassName = false, 1311 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1312 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1313 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1314 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1315 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1316 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1317 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1318 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1319 SourceLocation IILoc, 1320 Scope *S, 1321 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1322 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1323 1324 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1325 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1326 enum NameClassificationKind { 1327 NC_Unknown, 1328 NC_Error, 1329 NC_Keyword, 1330 NC_Type, 1331 NC_Expression, 1332 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1333 NC_TypeTemplate, 1334 NC_VarTemplate, 1335 NC_FunctionTemplate 1336 }; 1337 1338 class NameClassification { 1339 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1340 ExprResult Expr; 1341 TemplateName Template; 1342 ParsedType Type; 1343 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1344 1345 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1346 1347 public: 1348 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1349 1350 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1351 1352 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1353 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1354 1355 static NameClassification Error() { 1356 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1357 } 1358 1359 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1360 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1361 } 1362 1363 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1364 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1365 } 1366 1367 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1368 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1369 Result.Template = Name; 1370 return Result; 1371 } 1372 1373 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1374 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1375 Result.Template = Name; 1376 return Result; 1377 } 1378 1379 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1380 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1381 Result.Template = Name; 1382 return Result; 1383 } 1384 1385 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1386 1387 ParsedType getType() const { 1388 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1389 return Type; 1390 } 1391 1392 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1393 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1394 return Expr; 1395 } 1396 1397 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1398 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1399 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1400 return Template; 1401 } 1402 1403 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1404 switch (Kind) { 1405 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1406 return TNK_Type_template; 1407 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1408 return TNK_Function_template; 1409 case NC_VarTemplate: 1410 return TNK_Var_template; 1411 default: 1412 llvm_unreachable("unsuported name classification."); 1413 } 1414 } 1415 }; 1416 1417 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1418 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1419 /// 1420 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1421 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1422 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1427 /// 1428 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1429 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1430 /// 1431 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1432 /// 1433 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1434 /// disambiguate the name. 1435 /// 1436 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1437 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1438 /// expression. 1439 /// 1440 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1441 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1442 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1443 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1444 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1445 const Token &NextToken, 1446 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1447 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1448 1449 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1450 1451 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1452 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1453 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1454 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1455 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1456 DeclarationName Name, 1457 SourceLocation Loc); 1458 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1459 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1460 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1461 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1462 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1463 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1464 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1465 LookupResult &Previous); 1466 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1467 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1468 bool HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 1469 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1470 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1471 LookupResult &Previous, 1472 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1473 bool &AddToScope); 1474 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1475 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous, 1476 bool IsVariableTemplate = false); 1477 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1478 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1479 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1480 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1481 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1482 1483 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1484 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1485 LookupResult &Previous, 1486 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1487 bool &AddToScope); 1488 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1489 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1490 1491 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1492 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1493 1494 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1495 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1496 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1497 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1498 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1499 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1500 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1501 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1502 SourceLocation Loc, 1503 QualType T); 1504 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1505 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1506 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1507 StorageClass SC); 1508 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1509 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1510 Expr *defarg); 1511 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1512 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1513 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1514 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1515 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1516 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1517 1518 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1519 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1520 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1521 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1522 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1523 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1524 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1525 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1526 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1527 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1528 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1529 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1530 1531 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1532 /// documentation comments. 1533 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1534 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1535 1536 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1537 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1538 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1539 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1540 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1541 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1542 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1543 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1544 } 1545 1546 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1547 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1548 /// code for that function. 1549 /// 1550 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1551 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1552 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1553 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1554 1555 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1556 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1557 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1558 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1559 1560 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1561 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1562 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1563 1564 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1565 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1566 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1567 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1568 1569 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1570 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1571 /// specified threshold. 1572 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1573 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1574 QualType ReturnTy, 1575 NamedDecl *D); 1576 1577 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1578 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1579 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1580 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1581 1582 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1583 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1584 AttributeList *AttrList, 1585 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1586 1587 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1588 /// 1589 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1590 /// 1591 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1592 /// 1593 /// \param Path The module access path. 1594 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1595 ModuleIdPath Path); 1596 1597 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1598 /// source location. 1599 /// 1600 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1601 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1602 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1603 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1604 1605 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1606 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1607 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1608 } 1609 1610 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1611 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1612 const Preprocessor &PP); 1613 1614 /// Scope actions. 1615 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1616 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1617 1618 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1619 DeclSpec &DS); 1620 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1621 DeclSpec &DS, 1622 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1623 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1624 1625 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1626 AccessSpecifier AS, 1627 RecordDecl *Record); 1628 1629 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1630 RecordDecl *Record); 1631 1632 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1633 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1634 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1635 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1636 1637 enum TagUseKind { 1638 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1639 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1640 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1641 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1642 }; 1643 1644 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1645 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1646 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1647 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1648 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1650 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1651 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1652 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1653 1654 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1655 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1656 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1657 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1658 AttributeList *Attr, 1659 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1660 1661 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1662 unsigned TagSpec, 1663 TagUseKind TUK, 1664 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1665 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1666 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1667 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1668 1669 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1670 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1671 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1672 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1673 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1674 1675 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1676 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1677 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1678 AccessSpecifier AS); 1679 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1680 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1681 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1682 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1683 AccessSpecifier AS, 1684 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1685 1686 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1687 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1688 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1689 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1690 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1691 SourceLocation TSSL, 1692 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1693 Declarator *D = 0); 1694 1695 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1696 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1697 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1698 bool Diagnose = false); 1699 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1700 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1701 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1702 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1703 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1704 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1705 1706 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1707 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1708 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1709 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1710 AttributeList *AttrList); 1711 1712 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1713 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1714 /// struct, or union). 1715 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1716 1717 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1718 1719 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1720 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1721 /// member declarations. 1722 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1723 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1724 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1725 1726 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1727 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1728 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1729 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1730 1731 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1732 1733 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1734 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1735 /// 1736 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1737 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1738 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1739 1740 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1741 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1742 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1743 1744 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1745 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1746 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1747 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1748 Expr *val); 1749 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1750 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1751 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1752 1753 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1754 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1755 AttributeList *Attrs, 1756 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1757 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1758 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1759 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1760 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1761 1762 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1763 1764 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1765 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1766 void PopDeclContext(); 1767 1768 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1769 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1770 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1771 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1772 1773 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1774 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1775 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1776 1777 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1778 1779 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1780 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1781 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1782 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1783 1784 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1785 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1786 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1787 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1788 1789 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1790 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1791 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1792 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1793 1794 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1795 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1796 1797 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1798 /// top level scope. 1799 /// 1800 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1801 /// 1802 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1803 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1804 1805 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1806 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1807 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1808 /// 1809 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1810 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1811 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1812 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1813 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1814 1815 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1816 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1817 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1818 1819 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1820 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1821 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1822 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1823 1824 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1825 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1826 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1827 VersionTuple Introduced, 1828 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1829 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1830 bool IsUnavailable, 1831 StringRef Message, 1832 bool Override, 1833 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1834 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1835 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1836 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1837 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1838 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1839 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1840 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1841 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1842 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1843 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1844 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1845 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1846 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1847 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1848 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1849 1850 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1851 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1852 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1853 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1854 AMK_None, 1855 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1856 /// an exact match. 1857 AMK_Redeclaration, 1858 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1859 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1860 AMK_Override 1861 }; 1862 1863 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1864 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1865 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1866 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S, 1867 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1868 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1869 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1870 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1871 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 1872 bool IsVariableTemplate, bool MergeTypeWithPrevious); 1873 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1874 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1875 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1876 1877 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1878 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1879 enum AssignmentAction { 1880 AA_Assigning, 1881 AA_Passing, 1882 AA_Returning, 1883 AA_Converting, 1884 AA_Initializing, 1885 AA_Sending, 1886 AA_Casting, 1887 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1888 }; 1889 1890 /// C++ Overloading. 1891 enum OverloadKind { 1892 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1893 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1894 Ovl_Overload, 1895 1896 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1897 /// an existing declaration. 1898 Ovl_Match, 1899 1900 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1901 /// non-function. 1902 Ovl_NonFunction 1903 }; 1904 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1905 FunctionDecl *New, 1906 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1907 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1908 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1909 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1910 1911 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1912 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1913 /// 1914 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1915 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1916 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1917 1918 ImplicitConversionSequence 1919 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1920 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1921 bool AllowExplicit, 1922 bool InOverloadResolution, 1923 bool CStyle, 1924 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1925 1926 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1927 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1928 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1929 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1930 bool InOverloadResolution, 1931 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1932 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1933 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1934 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1935 QualType &ConvertedType); 1936 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1937 QualType& ConvertedType); 1938 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1939 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1940 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1941 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1942 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1943 1944 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1945 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1946 CastKind &Kind, 1947 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1948 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1949 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1950 bool InOverloadResolution, 1951 QualType &ConvertedType); 1952 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1953 CastKind &Kind, 1954 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1955 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1956 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1957 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1958 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1959 QualType &ResultTy); 1960 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1961 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1962 1963 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1964 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1965 QualType ResultType, 1966 Expr *Value, 1967 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1968 1969 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1970 ExprResult Init); 1971 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1972 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1973 ExprResult Init, 1974 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1975 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1976 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1977 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1978 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1979 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1980 1981 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1982 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1983 1984 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1985 enum CCEKind { 1986 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1987 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1988 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1989 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1990 }; 1991 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1992 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1993 1994 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1995 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1996 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1997 public: 1998 bool Suppress; 1999 bool SuppressConversion; 2000 2001 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2002 bool SuppressConversion = false) 2003 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2004 2005 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2006 /// for this conversion. 2007 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2008 2009 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2010 /// integral or enumeration type. 2011 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2012 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2013 2014 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2015 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2016 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2017 2018 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2019 /// is explicit. 2020 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2021 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2022 2023 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2024 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2025 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2026 2027 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2028 /// functions. 2029 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2030 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2031 2032 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2033 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2034 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2035 2036 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2037 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2038 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2039 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2040 2041 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2042 }; 2043 2044 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2045 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2046 2047 public: 2048 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2049 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2050 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2051 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2052 2053 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2054 bool match(QualType T); 2055 2056 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2057 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2058 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2059 } 2060 2061 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2062 /// integral or enumeration type. 2063 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2064 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2065 }; 2066 2067 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2068 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2069 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2070 2071 2072 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2073 OS_Array, 2074 OS_Dictionary, 2075 OS_Error 2076 }; 2077 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2078 2079 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2080 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2081 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2082 LK_Array, 2083 LK_Dictionary, 2084 LK_Numeric, 2085 LK_Boxed, 2086 LK_String, 2087 LK_Block, 2088 LK_None 2089 }; 2090 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2091 2092 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2093 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2094 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2095 NamedDecl *Member); 2096 2097 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2098 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2099 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2100 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2101 2102 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2103 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2104 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2105 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2106 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2107 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2108 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2109 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2110 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2111 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2112 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2113 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2114 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2115 QualType ObjectType, 2116 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2117 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2118 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2119 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2120 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2121 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2122 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2123 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2124 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2125 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2126 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2127 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2128 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2129 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2130 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2131 QualType ObjectType, 2132 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2133 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2135 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2136 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2137 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2138 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2139 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2140 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2141 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2142 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2143 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2144 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2145 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2146 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2147 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2148 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2149 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2150 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2151 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2152 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2153 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2154 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2155 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2156 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2157 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2158 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2159 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2160 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2161 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2162 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2163 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2164 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2165 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2166 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2167 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2168 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2169 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2170 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2171 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2172 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2173 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2174 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2175 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2176 2177 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2178 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2179 2180 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2181 // identified by the expression Expr 2182 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2183 2184 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2185 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2186 // R (A) --> R(A) 2187 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2188 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2189 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2190 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2191 2192 FunctionDecl * 2193 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2194 QualType TargetType, 2195 bool Complain, 2196 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2197 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2198 2199 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2200 bool Complain = false, 2201 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2202 2203 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2204 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2205 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2206 bool Complain = false, 2207 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2208 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2209 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2210 2211 2212 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2213 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2214 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2215 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2216 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2217 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2218 2219 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2220 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2221 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2222 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2223 2224 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2225 // range-based for loop. 2226 enum ForRangeStatus { 2227 FRS_Success, 2228 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2229 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2230 }; 2231 2232 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2233 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2234 enum BeginEndFunction { 2235 BEF_begin, 2236 BEF_end 2237 }; 2238 2239 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2240 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2241 VarDecl *Decl, 2242 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2243 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2244 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2245 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2246 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2247 2248 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2249 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2250 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2251 MultiExprArg Args, 2252 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2253 Expr *ExecConfig, 2254 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2255 2256 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2257 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2258 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2259 ExprResult *Result); 2260 2261 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2262 unsigned Opc, 2263 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2264 Expr *input); 2265 2266 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2267 unsigned Opc, 2268 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2269 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2270 2271 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2272 SourceLocation RLoc, 2273 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2274 2275 ExprResult 2276 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2277 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2278 MultiExprArg Args, 2279 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2280 ExprResult 2281 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2282 MultiExprArg Args, 2283 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2284 2285 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2286 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2287 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2288 2289 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2290 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2291 /// that best represents the call. 2292 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2293 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2294 2295 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2296 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2297 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2298 bool CheckParameterNames); 2299 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2300 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2301 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2302 2303 /// \name Name lookup 2304 /// 2305 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2306 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2307 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2308 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2309 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2310 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2311 /// 2312 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2313 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2314 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2315 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2316 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2317 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2318 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2319 /// 2320 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2321 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2322 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2323 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2324 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2325 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2326 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2327 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2328 //@{ 2329 2330 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2331 enum LookupNameKind { 2332 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2333 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2334 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2335 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2336 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2337 /// structs, and unions. 2338 LookupTagName, 2339 /// Label name lookup. 2340 LookupLabel, 2341 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2342 /// class/struct/union members. 2343 LookupMemberName, 2344 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2345 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2346 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2347 LookupOperatorName, 2348 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2349 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2350 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2351 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2352 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2353 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2354 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2355 LookupNamespaceName, 2356 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2357 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2358 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2359 LookupUsingDeclName, 2360 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2361 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2362 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2363 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2364 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2365 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2366 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2367 LookupLocalFriendName, 2368 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2369 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2370 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2371 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2372 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2373 LookupAnyName 2374 }; 2375 2376 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2377 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2378 enum RedeclarationKind { 2379 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2380 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2381 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2382 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2383 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2384 ForRedeclaration 2385 }; 2386 2387 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2388 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2389 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2390 LOLR_Error, 2391 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2392 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2393 LOLR_Cooked, 2394 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2395 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2396 LOLR_Raw, 2397 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2398 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2399 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2400 LOLR_Template 2401 }; 2402 2403 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2404 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2405 bool ConstArg, 2406 bool VolatileArg, 2407 bool RValueThis, 2408 bool ConstThis, 2409 bool VolatileThis); 2410 2411private: 2412 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2413 2414 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2415 // 2416 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2417 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2418 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2419 2420 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2421 /// source. 2422 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2423 2424public: 2425 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2426 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2427 /// 2428 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2429 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2430 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2431 SourceLocation Loc, 2432 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2433 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2434 = NotForRedeclaration); 2435 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2436 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2437 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2438 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2439 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2440 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2441 bool EnteringContext = false); 2442 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2443 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2444 = NotForRedeclaration); 2445 2446 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2447 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2448 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2449 2450 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2451 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2452 2453 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2454 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2455 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2456 unsigned Quals); 2457 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2458 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2459 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2460 unsigned Quals); 2461 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2462 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2463 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2464 2465 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2466 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2467 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2468 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2469 2470 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2471 SourceLocation Loc, 2472 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2473 ADLResult &Functions); 2474 2475 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2476 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2477 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2478 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2479 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2480 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2481 2482 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2483 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2484 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2485 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2486 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2487 bool EnteringContext = false, 2488 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2489 2490 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2491 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2492 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2493 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2494 2495 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2496 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2497 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2498 2499 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2500 //@} 2501 2502 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2503 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2504 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2505 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2506 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2507 SourceLocation Loc); 2508 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2509 Scope *S); 2510 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2511 2512 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2513 2514 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2515 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2516 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2517 bool NonInheritable = true, 2518 bool Inheritable = true); 2519 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2520 bool NonInheritable = true, 2521 bool Inheritable = true, 2522 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2523 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2524 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2525 2526 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2527 2528 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2529 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2530 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2531 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2532 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2533 2534 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2535 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2536 SourceRange Range); 2537 2538 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2539 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2540 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2541 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2542 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2543 2544 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2545 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2546 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2547 2548 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2549 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2550 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2551 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2552 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2553 2554 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2555 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2556 2557 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2558 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2559 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2560 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2561 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2562 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2563 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2564 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2565 2566 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2567 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2568 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2569 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2570 SourceLocation Loc); 2571 2572 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2573 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2574 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2575 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2576 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2577 2578 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2579 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2580 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2581 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2582 2583 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2584 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2585 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2586 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2587 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2588 2589 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2590 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2591 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2592 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2593 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2594 2595 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2596 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2597 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2598 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2599 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2600 2601 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2602 /// class extensions. 2603 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2604 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2605 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2606 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2607 Selector GetterSel, 2608 Selector SetterSel, 2609 const bool isAssign, 2610 const bool isReadWrite, 2611 const unsigned Attributes, 2612 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2613 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2614 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2615 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2616 2617 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2618 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2619 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2620 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2621 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2622 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2623 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2624 Selector GetterSel, 2625 Selector SetterSel, 2626 const bool isAssign, 2627 const bool isReadWrite, 2628 const unsigned Attributes, 2629 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2630 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2631 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2632 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2633 2634 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2635 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2636 /// setter or getter. 2637 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2638 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2639 2640 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2641 2642 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2643 2644 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2645 MMS_loose, 2646 MMS_strict 2647 }; 2648 2649 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2650 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2651 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2652 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2653 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2654 2655 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2656 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2657 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2658 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2659 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2660 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2661 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2662 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2663 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2664 bool ImmediateClass, 2665 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2666 2667 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2668 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2669 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2670 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2671 2672 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2673 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2674 2675private: 2676 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2677 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2678 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2679 2680 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2681 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2682 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2683 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2684 bool warn, bool instance); 2685 2686public: 2687 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2688 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2689 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2690 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2691 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2692 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2693 } 2694 2695 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2696 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2697 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2698 } 2699 2700 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2701 /// pool. 2702 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2703 2704 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2705 /// there are multiple signatures. 2706 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2707 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2708 bool warn=true) { 2709 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2710 warn, /*instance*/true); 2711 } 2712 2713 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2714 /// there are multiple signatures. 2715 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2716 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2717 bool warn=true) { 2718 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2719 warn, /*instance*/false); 2720 } 2721 2722 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2723 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2724 2725 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2726 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2727 /// have mismathched types. 2728 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2729 2730 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2731 /// implementation. 2732 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2733 2734 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2735 /// initialization. 2736 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2737 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2738 2739 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2740 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2741public: 2742 class FullExprArg { 2743 public: 2744 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2745 2746 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2747 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2748 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2749 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2750 2751 ExprResult release() { 2752 return E; 2753 } 2754 2755 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2756 2757 Expr *operator->() { 2758 return E; 2759 } 2760 2761 private: 2762 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2763 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2764 friend class Sema; 2765 2766 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2767 2768 Expr *E; 2769 }; 2770 2771 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2772 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2773 } 2774 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2775 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2776 } 2777 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2778 ExprResult FE = 2779 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2780 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2781 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2782 } 2783 2784 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2785 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2786 2787 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2788 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2789 2790 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2791 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2792 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2793 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2794 bool isStmtExpr); 2795 2796 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2797 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2798 public: 2799 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2800 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2801 } 2802 2803 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2804 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2805 } 2806 2807 private: 2808 Sema &S; 2809 }; 2810 2811 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2812 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2813 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2814 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2815 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2816 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2817 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2818 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2819 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2820 2821 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2822 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2823 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2824 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2825 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2826 2827 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2828 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2829 Stmt *SubStmt); 2830 2831 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2832 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2833 Stmt *ThenVal, 2834 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2835 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2836 Expr *Cond, 2837 Decl *CondVar); 2838 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2839 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2840 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2841 FullExprArg Cond, 2842 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2843 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2844 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2845 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2846 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2847 2848 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2849 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2850 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2851 Decl *SecondVar, 2852 FullExprArg Third, 2853 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2854 Stmt *Body); 2855 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2856 Expr *collection); 2857 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2858 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2859 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2860 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2861 2862 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2863 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2864 BFRK_Build, 2865 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2866 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2867 BFRK_Rebuild, 2868 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2869 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2870 BFRK_Check 2871 }; 2872 2873 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2874 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2875 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2876 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2877 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2878 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2879 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2880 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2881 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2882 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2883 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2884 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2885 2886 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2887 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2888 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2889 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2890 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2891 Expr *DestExp); 2892 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2893 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2894 2895 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2896 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2897 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2898 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2899 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2900 SourceLocation Loc, 2901 unsigned NumParams); 2902 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2903 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2904 2905 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2906 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2907 2908 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2909 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2910 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2911 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2912 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2913 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2914 2915 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2916 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2917 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2918 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2919 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2920 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2921 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2922 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2923 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2924 StringRef AsmString, 2925 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2926 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2927 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2928 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2929 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2930 2931 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2932 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2933 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2934 bool Invalid = false); 2935 2936 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2937 2938 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2939 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2940 2941 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2942 2943 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2944 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2945 2946 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2947 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2948 Scope *CurScope); 2949 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2950 Expr *operand); 2951 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2952 Expr *SynchExpr, 2953 Stmt *SynchBody); 2954 2955 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2956 2957 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2958 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2959 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2960 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2961 2962 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2963 2964 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2965 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2966 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2967 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2968 2969 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2970 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2971 Stmt *TryBlock, 2972 Stmt *Handler); 2973 2974 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2975 Expr *FilterExpr, 2976 Stmt *Block); 2977 2978 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2979 Stmt *Block); 2980 2981 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2982 2983 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2984 2985 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2986 /// of it. 2987 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2988 2989 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2990 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2991 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2992 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2993 2994 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2995 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2996 /// 2997 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2998 /// if (condition); 2999 /// do_stuff(); 3000 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3001 const Stmt *Body, 3002 unsigned DiagID); 3003 3004 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3005 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3006 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3007 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3008 3009 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3010 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3011 } 3012 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3013 3014 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3015 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3016 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3017 } 3018 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3019 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3020 } 3021 3022 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3023 3024 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3025 SourceLocation Loc, 3026 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3027 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3028 3029 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3030 3031 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3032 StringRef message); 3033 3034 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3035 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3036 3037 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3038 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3039 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3040 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3041 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3042 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3043 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3044 SourceLocation Loc); 3045 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3046 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3047 3048 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3049 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3050 bool IsDecltype = false); 3051 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3052 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3053 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3054 bool IsDecltype = false); 3055 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3056 3057 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3058 3059 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3060 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3061 3062 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3063 3064 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3065 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3066 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3067 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3068 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3069 // named expressions. 3070 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3071 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3072 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3073 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3074 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3075 3076 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3077 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3078 3079 enum TryCaptureKind { 3080 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3081 }; 3082 3083 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3084 /// 3085 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3086 /// 3087 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3088 /// 3089 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3090 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3091 /// 3092 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3093 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3094 /// 3095 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3096 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3097 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3098 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3099 /// 3100 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3101 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3102 /// variable can be captured. 3103 /// 3104 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3105 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3106 /// captured. 3107 /// 3108 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3109 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3110 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3111 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3112 QualType &CaptureType, 3113 QualType &DeclRefType); 3114 3115 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3116 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3117 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3118 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3119 3120 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3121 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3122 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3123 3124 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3125 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3126 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3127 3128 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3129 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3130 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3131 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3132 bool ForceComplain = false, 3133 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3134 3135 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3136 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3137 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3138 3139 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3140 /// evaluation context. 3141 /// 3142 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3143 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3144 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3145 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3146 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3147 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3148 3149 // Primary Expressions. 3150 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3151 3152 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3153 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3154 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3155 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3156 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3157 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3158 3159 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3160 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3161 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3162 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3163 3164 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3165 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3166 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3167 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3168 3169 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3170 IdentifierInfo *II, 3171 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3172 3173 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3174 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3175 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3176 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3177 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3178 3179 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3180 ExprValueKind VK, 3181 SourceLocation Loc, 3182 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3183 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3184 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3185 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3186 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3187 ExprResult 3188 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3189 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3190 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3191 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3192 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3193 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3194 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3195 3196 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3197 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3198 LookupResult &R, 3199 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3200 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3201 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3202 LookupResult &R, 3203 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3204 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3205 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3206 const LookupResult &R, 3207 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3208 3209 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3210 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3211 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3212 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3213 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3214 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3215 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3216 3217 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3218 LookupResult &R, 3219 bool NeedsADL); 3220 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3221 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3222 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3223 3224 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3225 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3226 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3227 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3228 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3229 3230 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3231 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3232 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3233 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3234 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3235 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3236 SourceLocation R, 3237 MultiExprArg Val); 3238 3239 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3240 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3241 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3242 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3243 3244 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3245 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3246 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3247 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3248 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3249 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3250 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3251 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3252 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3253 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3254 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3255 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3256 3257 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3258 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3259 Expr *InputExpr); 3260 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3261 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3262 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3263 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3264 3265 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3266 3267 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3268 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3269 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3270 SourceRange R); 3271 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3272 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3273 ExprResult 3274 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3275 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3276 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3277 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3278 3279 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3280 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3281 3282 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3283 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3284 SourceRange ExprRange, 3285 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3286 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3287 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3288 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3289 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3290 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3291 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3292 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3293 3294 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3295 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3296 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3297 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3298 3299 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3300 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3301 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3302 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3303 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3304 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3305 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3306 3307 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3308 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3309 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3310 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3311 // defines a custom operator->). 3312 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3313 Scope *S; 3314 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3315 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3316 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3317 }; 3318 3319 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3320 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3321 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3322 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3323 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3324 LookupResult &R, 3325 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3326 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3327 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3328 3329 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3330 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3331 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3332 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3333 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3334 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3335 3336 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3337 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3338 const LookupResult &R); 3339 3340 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3341 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3342 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3343 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3344 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3345 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3346 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3347 3348 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3349 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3350 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3351 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3352 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3353 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3354 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3355 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3356 3357 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3358 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3359 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3360 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3361 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3362 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3363 bool ExecConfig = false); 3364 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3365 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3366 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3367 3368 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3369 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3370 /// locations. 3371 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3372 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3373 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3374 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3375 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3376 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3377 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3378 Expr *Config = 0, 3379 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3380 3381 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3382 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3383 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3384 3385 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3386 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3387 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3388 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3389 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3390 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3391 Expr *Op); 3392 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3393 3394 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3395 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3396 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3398 3399 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3400 3401 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3402 ParsedType Ty, 3403 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3404 Expr *InitExpr); 3405 3406 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3408 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3409 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3410 3411 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3412 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3413 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3414 3415 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3416 SourceLocation Loc, 3417 bool GNUSyntax, 3418 ExprResult Init); 3419 3420 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3421 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3422 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3423 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3424 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3425 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3426 3427 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3428 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3429 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3430 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3431 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3432 3433 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3434 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3435 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3436 3437 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3438 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3439 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3440 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3441 3442 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3443 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3444 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3445 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3446 union { 3447 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3448 Expr *E; 3449 } U; 3450 }; 3451 3452 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3453 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3455 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3456 unsigned NumComponents, 3457 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3458 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3459 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3460 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3461 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3462 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3463 unsigned NumComponents, 3464 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3465 3466 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3467 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3468 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3469 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3470 3471 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3472 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3473 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3474 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3475 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3476 3477 // __null 3478 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3479 3480 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3481 3482 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3483 enum IfExistsResult { 3484 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3485 IER_Exists, 3486 3487 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3488 IER_DoesNotExist, 3489 3490 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3491 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3492 IER_Dependent, 3493 3494 /// \brief An error occurred. 3495 IER_Error 3496 }; 3497 3498 IfExistsResult 3499 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3500 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3501 3502 IfExistsResult 3503 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3504 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3505 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3506 3507 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3508 bool IsIfExists, 3509 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3510 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3511 Stmt *Nested); 3512 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3513 bool IsIfExists, 3514 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3515 Stmt *Nested); 3516 3517 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3518 3519 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3520 /// started. 3521 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3522 3523 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3524 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3525 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3526 Scope *CurScope); 3527 3528 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3529 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3530 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3531 3532 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3533 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3534 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3535 Scope *CurScope); 3536 3537 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3538 3539 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3540 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3541 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3542 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3543 3544 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3545 3546 // Act on C++ namespaces 3547 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3548 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3549 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3550 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3551 SourceLocation LBrace, 3552 AttributeList *AttrList); 3553 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3554 3555 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3556 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3557 3558 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3559 3560 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3561 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3562 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3563 3564 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3565 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3566 /// 3567 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3568 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3569 3570 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3571 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3572 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3573 3574 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3575 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3576 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3577 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3578 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3579 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3580 AttributeList *AttrList); 3581 3582 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3583 3584 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3585 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3586 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3587 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3588 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3589 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3590 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3591 3592 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3593 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3594 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3595 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3596 NamedDecl *Target); 3597 3598 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3599 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3600 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3601 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3602 const LookupResult &Previous); 3603 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3604 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3605 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3606 3607 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3608 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3609 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3610 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3611 AttributeList *AttrList, 3612 bool IsInstantiation, 3613 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3614 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3615 3616 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3617 3618 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3619 AccessSpecifier AS, 3620 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3621 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3622 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3623 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3624 AttributeList *AttrList, 3625 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3626 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3627 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3628 AccessSpecifier AS, 3629 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3630 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3631 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3632 AttributeList *AttrList, 3633 TypeResult Type); 3634 3635 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3636 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3637 /// 3638 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3639 ExprResult 3640 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3641 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3642 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3643 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3644 SourceRange ParenRange); 3645 3646 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3647 // the constructor can be elidable? 3648 ExprResult 3649 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3650 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3651 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3652 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3653 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3654 3655 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3656 /// the default expr if needed. 3657 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3658 FunctionDecl *FD, 3659 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3660 3661 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3662 /// constructed variable. 3663 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3664 3665 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3666 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3667 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3668 // Pointer to allow copying 3669 Sema *Self; 3670 // We order exception specifications thus: 3671 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3672 // throw() comes next. 3673 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3674 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3675 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3676 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3677 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3678 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3679 3680 void ClearExceptions() { 3681 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3682 Exceptions.clear(); 3683 } 3684 3685 public: 3686 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3687 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3688 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3689 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3690 } 3691 3692 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3693 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3694 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3695 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3696 return ComputedEST; 3697 } 3698 3699 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3700 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3701 3702 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3703 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3704 3705 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3706 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3707 3708 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3709 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3710 3711 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3712 /// computed exception specification. 3713 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3714 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3715 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3716 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3717 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3718 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3719 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3720 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3721 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3722 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3723 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3724 tok::kw_false).take(); 3725 } 3726 } 3727 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3728 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3729 getEPI(EPI); 3730 return EPI; 3731 } 3732 }; 3733 3734 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3735 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3736 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3737 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3738 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3739 3740 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3741 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3742 /// will be const. 3743 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3744 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3745 3746 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3747 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3748 /// parameter will be const. 3749 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3750 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3751 3752 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3753 /// constructor of a class will have. 3754 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3755 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3756 3757 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3758 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3759 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3760 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3761 3762 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3763 /// destructor of a class will have. 3764 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3765 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3766 3767 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3768 /// constructor of a class will have. 3769 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3770 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3771 3772 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3773 /// special member function. 3774 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3775 3776 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3777 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3778 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3779 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3780 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3781 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3782 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3783 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3784 3785 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3786 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3787 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3788 bool Diagnose = false); 3789 3790 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3791 /// 3792 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3793 /// default constructor will be added. 3794 /// 3795 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3796 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3797 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3798 3799 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3800 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3801 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3802 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3803 3804 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3805 /// 3806 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3807 /// destructor will be added. 3808 /// 3809 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3810 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3811 3812 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3813 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3814 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3815 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3816 3817 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3818 /// 3819 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3820 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3821 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3822 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3823 3824 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3825 /// 3826 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3827 /// constructors will be added. 3828 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3829 3830 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3831 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3832 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3833 3834 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3835 /// 3836 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3837 /// copy constructor will be added. 3838 /// 3839 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3840 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3841 3842 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3843 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3844 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3845 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3846 3847 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3848 /// 3849 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3850 /// move constructor will be added. 3851 /// 3852 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3853 /// declared. 3854 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3855 3856 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3857 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3858 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3859 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3860 3861 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3862 /// 3863 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3864 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3865 /// 3866 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3867 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3868 3869 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3870 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3871 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3872 3873 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3874 /// 3875 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3876 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3877 /// 3878 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3879 /// wasn't declared. 3880 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3881 3882 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3883 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3884 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3885 3886 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3887 /// class. 3888 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3889 3890 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3891 /// special member function. 3892 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3893 3894 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3895 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3896 /// 3897 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3898 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3899 3900 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3901 /// member function. 3902 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3903 3904 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3905 /// static member function. 3906 /// 3907 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3908 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3909 3910 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3911 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3912 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3913 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3914 3915 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3916 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3917 SourceLocation Loc, 3918 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3919 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3920 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3921 3922 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3923 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3924 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3925 3926 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3927 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3928 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3929 ParsedType ObjectType, 3930 bool EnteringContext); 3931 3932 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3933 3934 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3935 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3936 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3937 3938 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3939 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3940 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3941 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3942 Declarator &D, 3943 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3944 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3945 Expr *E, 3946 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3947 3948 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3949 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3950 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3951 Expr *E, 3952 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3953 SourceRange Parens); 3954 3955 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3956 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3957 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3958 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3959 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3960 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3961 Expr *Operand, 3962 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3963 3964 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3965 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3966 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3967 void *TyOrExpr, 3968 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3969 3970 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3971 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3972 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3973 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3974 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3975 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3976 Expr *Operand, 3977 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3978 3979 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3980 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3981 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3982 void *TyOrExpr, 3983 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3984 3985 3986 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3987 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3988 3989 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3990 /// 3991 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3992 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3993 3994 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3995 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3996 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3997 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3998 3999 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4000 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4001 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4002 Sema &S; 4003 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4004 bool Enabled; 4005 4006 public: 4007 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4008 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4009 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4010 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4011 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4012 bool Enabled = true); 4013 4014 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4015 }; 4016 4017 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4018 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4019 /// 4020 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4021 /// 4022 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4023 /// capture list. 4024 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4025 4026 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4027 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4028 /// being defined. 4029 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4030 4031 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4032 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4033 4034 4035 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4036 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4037 4038 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4039 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4040 4041 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4042 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4043 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4044 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4045 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4046 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4047 4048 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4049 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4050 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4051 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4052 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4053 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4054 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4055 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4056 4057 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4058 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4059 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4060 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4061 4062 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4063 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4064 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4065 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4066 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4067 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4068 Expr *Initializer); 4069 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4070 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4071 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4072 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4073 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4074 QualType AllocType, 4075 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4076 Expr *ArraySize, 4077 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4078 Expr *Initializer, 4079 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4080 4081 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4082 SourceRange R); 4083 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4084 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4085 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4086 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4087 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4088 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4089 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4090 DeclContext *Ctx, 4091 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4092 bool Diagnose = true); 4093 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4094 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4095 QualType Argument, 4096 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4097 4098 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4099 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4100 bool Diagnose = true); 4101 4102 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4103 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4104 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4105 Expr *Operand); 4106 4107 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4108 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4109 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4110 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4111 4112 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4113 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4114 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4115 SourceLocation RParen); 4116 4117 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4118 /// pseudo-functions. 4119 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4120 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4121 ParsedType Ty, 4122 SourceLocation RParen); 4123 4124 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4125 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4126 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4127 SourceLocation RParen); 4128 4129 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4130 /// pseudo-functions. 4131 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4132 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4133 ParsedType LhsTy, 4134 ParsedType RhsTy, 4135 SourceLocation RParen); 4136 4137 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4138 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4139 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4140 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4141 SourceLocation RParen); 4142 4143 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4144 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4145 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4146 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4147 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4148 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4149 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4150 4151 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4152 /// pseudo-functions. 4153 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4154 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4155 ParsedType LhsTy, 4156 Expr *DimExpr, 4157 SourceLocation RParen); 4158 4159 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4160 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4161 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4162 Expr *DimExpr, 4163 SourceLocation RParen); 4164 4165 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4166 /// pseudo-functions. 4167 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4168 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4169 Expr *Queried, 4170 SourceLocation RParen); 4171 4172 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4173 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4174 Expr *Queried, 4175 SourceLocation RParen); 4176 4177 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4178 Expr *Base, 4179 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4180 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4181 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4182 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4183 4184 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4185 4186 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4187 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4188 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4189 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4190 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4191 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4192 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4193 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4194 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4195 4196 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4197 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4198 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4199 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4200 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4201 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4202 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4203 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4204 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4205 4206 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4207 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4208 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4209 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4210 const DeclSpec& DS, 4211 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4212 4213 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4214 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4215 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4216 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4217 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4218 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4219 4220 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4221 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4222 : SourceLocation()); 4223 } 4224 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4225 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4226 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4227 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4228 4229 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4230 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4231 4232 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4233 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4234 bool EnteringContext = false); 4235 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4236 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4237 4238 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4239 /// 4240 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4241 /// 4242 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4243 /// 4244 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4245 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4246 /// 4247 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4248 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4249 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4250 4251 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4252 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4253 4254 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4255 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4256 IdentifierInfo &II, 4257 ParsedType ObjectType); 4258 4259 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4260 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4261 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4262 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4263 QualType ObjectType, 4264 bool EnteringContext, 4265 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4266 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4267 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4268 4269 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4270 /// 4271 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4272 /// 4273 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4274 /// 4275 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4276 /// 4277 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4278 /// 4279 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4280 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4281 /// 4282 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4283 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4284 /// 4285 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4286 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4287 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4288 /// including this new type). 4289 /// 4290 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4291 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4292 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4293 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4294 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4295 ParsedType ObjectType, 4296 bool EnteringContext, 4297 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4298 4299 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4300 4301 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4302 const DeclSpec &DS, 4303 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4304 4305 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4306 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4307 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4308 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4309 ParsedType ObjectType, 4310 bool EnteringContext); 4311 4312 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4313 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4314 /// 4315 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4316 /// 4317 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4318 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4319 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4320 /// including this new type). 4321 /// 4322 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4323 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4324 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4325 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4326 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4327 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4328 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4329 /// 4330 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4331 /// nested-name-specifier. 4332 /// 4333 /// 4334 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4335 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4336 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4337 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4338 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4339 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4340 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4341 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4342 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4343 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4344 bool EnteringContext); 4345 4346 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4347 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4348 /// nested-name-specifier. 4349 /// 4350 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4351 /// 4352 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4353 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4354 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4355 4356 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4357 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4358 /// 4359 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4360 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4361 /// 4362 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4363 /// 4364 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4365 /// of the annotation pointer. 4366 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4367 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4368 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4369 4370 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4371 4372 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4373 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4374 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4375 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4376 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4377 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4378 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4379 4380 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4381 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4382 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4383 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4384 /// defining scope. 4385 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4386 4387 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4388 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4389 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4390 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4391 /// class X. 4392 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4393 4394 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4395 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4396 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4397 4398 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4399 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4400 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4401 bool KnownDependent); 4402 4403 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4404 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4405 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4406 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4407 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4408 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4409 4410 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4411 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4412 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4413 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4414 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 4415 bool ExplicitParams, 4416 bool ExplicitResultType, 4417 bool Mutable); 4418 4419 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4420 /// initializer. 4421 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4422 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4423 4424 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4425 /// given lambda. 4426 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4427 4428 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4429 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4430 4431 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4432 /// statements present in the body. 4433 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4434 4435 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4436 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4437 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4438 /// lambda. 4439 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4440 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4441 4442 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4443 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4444 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4445 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4446 4447 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4448 /// was successfully completed. 4449 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4450 Scope *CurScope, 4451 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4452 4453 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4454 /// function pointer. 4455 /// 4456 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4457 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4458 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4459 /// block pointer conversion. 4460 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4461 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4462 4463 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4464 /// block pointer. 4465 /// 4466 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4467 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4468 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4469 /// block pointer conversion. 4470 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4471 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4472 4473 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4474 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4475 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4476 Expr *Src); 4477 4478 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4479 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4480 Expr **Strings, 4481 unsigned NumStrings); 4482 4483 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4484 4485 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4486 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4487 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4488 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4489 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4490 bool Value); 4491 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4492 4493 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4494 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4495 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4496 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4497 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4498 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4499 4500 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4501 Expr *IndexExpr, 4502 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4503 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4504 4505 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4506 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4507 unsigned NumElements); 4508 4509 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4510 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4511 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4512 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4513 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4514 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4515 4516 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4517 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4518 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4519 ParsedType Ty, 4520 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4521 4522 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4523 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4524 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4525 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4526 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4527 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4528 4529 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4530 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4531 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4532 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4533 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4534 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4535 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4536 4537 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4538 // C++ Declarations 4539 // 4540 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4541 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4542 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4543 StringRef Lang, 4544 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4545 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4546 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4547 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4548 4549 4550 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4551 // C++ Classes 4552 // 4553 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4554 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4555 4556 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4557 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4558 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4559 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4560 4561 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4562 Declarator &D, 4563 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4564 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4565 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4566 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4567 Expr *Init); 4568 4569 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4570 Scope *S, 4571 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4572 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4573 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4574 const DeclSpec &DS, 4575 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4576 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4577 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4578 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4579 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4580 4581 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4582 Scope *S, 4583 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4584 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4585 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4586 const DeclSpec &DS, 4587 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4588 Expr *InitList, 4589 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4590 4591 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4592 Scope *S, 4593 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4594 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4595 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4596 const DeclSpec &DS, 4597 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4598 Expr *Init, 4599 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4600 4601 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4602 Expr *Init, 4603 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4604 4605 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4606 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4607 Expr *Init, 4608 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4609 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4610 4611 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4612 Expr *Init, 4613 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4614 4615 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4616 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4617 4618 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4619 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4620 4621 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4622 4623 4624 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4625 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4626 /// referenced. 4627 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4628 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4629 4630 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4631 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4632 /// first use occurred. 4633 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4634 4635 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4636 /// materialized. 4637 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4638 4639 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4640 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4641 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4642 /// by code generation). 4643 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4644 4645 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4646 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4647 4648 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4649 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4650 DynamicClassesType; 4651 4652 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4653 /// unit. 4654 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4655 4656 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4657 /// given location. 4658 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4659 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4660 4661 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4662 /// in the given class as needed. 4663 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4664 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4665 4666 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4667 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4668 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4669 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4670 4671 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4672 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4673 /// vtables. 4674 /// 4675 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4676 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4677 4678 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4679 4680 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4681 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4682 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4683 bool AnyErrors); 4684 4685 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4686 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4687 Decl *TagDecl, 4688 SourceLocation LBrac, 4689 SourceLocation RBrac, 4690 AttributeList *AttrList); 4691 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4692 4693 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4694 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4695 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4696 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4697 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4698 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4699 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4700 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4701 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 4702 CachedTokens &Toks); 4703 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 4704 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4705 4706 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4707 Expr *AssertExpr, 4708 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4709 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4710 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4711 Expr *AssertExpr, 4712 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4713 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4714 bool Failed); 4715 4716 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4717 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4718 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4719 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4720 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4721 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4722 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4723 4724 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4725 StorageClass& SC); 4726 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4727 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4728 StorageClass& SC); 4729 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4730 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4731 StorageClass& SC); 4732 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4733 4734 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4735 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4736 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4737 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4738 4739 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4740 // C++ Derived Classes 4741 // 4742 4743 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4744 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4745 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4746 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4747 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4748 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4749 4750 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4751 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4752 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4753 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4754 ParsedType basetype, 4755 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4756 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4757 4758 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4759 unsigned NumBases); 4760 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4761 unsigned NumBases); 4762 4763 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4764 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4765 4766 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4767 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4768 4769 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4770 4771 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4772 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4773 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4774 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4775 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4776 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4777 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4778 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4779 DeclarationName Name, 4780 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4781 4782 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4783 4784 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4785 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4786 4787 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4788 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4789 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4790 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4791 4792 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4793 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4794 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4795 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4796 4797 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4798 4799 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4800 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4801 4802 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4803 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4804 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4805 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4806 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4807 4808 4809 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4810 // C++ Access Control 4811 // 4812 4813 enum AccessResult { 4814 AR_accessible, 4815 AR_inaccessible, 4816 AR_dependent, 4817 AR_delayed 4818 }; 4819 4820 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4821 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4822 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4823 4824 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4825 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4826 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4827 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4828 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4829 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4830 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4831 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4832 bool Diagnose = true); 4833 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4834 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4835 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4836 AccessSpecifier Access, 4837 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4838 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4839 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4840 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4841 AccessSpecifier Access, 4842 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4843 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4844 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4845 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4846 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4847 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4848 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4849 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4850 NamedDecl *D); 4851 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4852 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4853 Expr *ArgExpr, 4854 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4855 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4856 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4857 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4858 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4859 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4860 unsigned DiagID, 4861 bool ForceCheck = false, 4862 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4863 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4864 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4865 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4866 AccessSpecifier access, 4867 QualType objectType); 4868 4869 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4870 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4871 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4872 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4873 4874 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4875 4876 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4877 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4878 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4879 4880 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4881 AbstractNone = -1, 4882 AbstractReturnType, 4883 AbstractParamType, 4884 AbstractVariableType, 4885 AbstractFieldType, 4886 AbstractIvarType, 4887 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4888 AbstractArrayType 4889 }; 4890 4891 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4892 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4893 template<typename T1> 4894 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4895 unsigned DiagID, 4896 const T1 &Arg1) { 4897 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4898 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4899 } 4900 4901 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4902 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4903 unsigned DiagID, 4904 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4905 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4906 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4907 } 4908 4909 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4910 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4911 unsigned DiagID, 4912 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4913 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4914 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4915 } 4916 4917 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4918 4919 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4920 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4921 4922 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4923 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4924 // 4925 4926 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4927 4928 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4929 4930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4931 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4932 // 4933 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4934 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4935 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4936 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4937 4938 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4939 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4940 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4941 4942 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4943 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4944 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4945 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4946 ParsedType ObjectType, 4947 bool EnteringContext, 4948 TemplateTy &Template, 4949 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4950 4951 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4952 SourceLocation IILoc, 4953 Scope *S, 4954 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4955 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4956 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4957 4958 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4959 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4960 4961 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4962 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4963 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4964 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4965 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4966 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4967 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4968 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4969 4970 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4971 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4972 unsigned Depth, 4973 unsigned Position, 4974 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4975 Expr *DefaultArg); 4976 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4977 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4978 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4979 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4980 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4981 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4982 unsigned Depth, 4983 unsigned Position, 4984 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4985 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4986 4987 TemplateParameterList * 4988 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4989 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4990 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4991 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4992 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4993 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4994 4995 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4996 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4997 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4998 TPC_VarTemplate, 4999 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5000 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5001 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5002 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5003 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5004 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5005 }; 5006 5007 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5008 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5009 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5010 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5011 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5012 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5013 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5014 5015 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5016 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5017 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5018 AttributeList *Attr, 5019 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5020 AccessSpecifier AS, 5021 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5022 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5023 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5024 5025 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5026 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5027 5028 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5029 5030 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5031 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5032 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5033 5034 TypeResult 5035 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5036 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5037 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5038 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5039 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5040 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5041 5042 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5043 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5044 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5045 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5046 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5047 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5048 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5049 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5050 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5051 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5052 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5053 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5054 5055 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5056 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5057 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5058 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5059 5060 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5061 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5062 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5063 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5064 5065 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5066 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5067 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5068 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5069 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5070 5071 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5072 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5073 LookupResult &R, 5074 bool RequiresADL, 5075 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5076 5077 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5078 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5079 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5080 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5081 5082 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5083 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5084 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5085 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5086 ParsedType ObjectType, 5087 bool EnteringContext, 5088 TemplateTy &Template); 5089 5090 DeclResult 5091 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5092 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5093 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5094 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5095 TemplateTy Template, 5096 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5097 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5098 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5099 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5100 AttributeList *Attr, 5101 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5102 5103 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5104 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5105 Declarator &D); 5106 5107 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5108 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5109 Declarator &D); 5110 5111 bool 5112 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5113 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5114 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5115 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5116 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5117 bool &SuppressNew); 5118 5119 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5120 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5121 LookupResult &Previous); 5122 5123 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5124 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5125 LookupResult &Previous); 5126 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5127 5128 DeclResult 5129 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5130 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5131 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5132 unsigned TagSpec, 5133 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5134 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5135 TemplateTy Template, 5136 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5137 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5138 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5139 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5140 AttributeList *Attr); 5141 5142 DeclResult 5143 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5144 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5145 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5146 unsigned TagSpec, 5147 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5148 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5149 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5150 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5151 AttributeList *Attr); 5152 5153 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5154 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5155 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5156 Declarator &D); 5157 5158 TemplateArgumentLoc 5159 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5160 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5161 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5162 Decl *Param, 5163 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5164 &Converted, 5165 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5166 5167 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5168 /// argument is being checked. 5169 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5170 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5171 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5172 CTAK_Specified, 5173 5174 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5175 /// deduction. 5176 CTAK_Deduced, 5177 5178 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5179 /// via template argument deduction. 5180 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5181 }; 5182 5183 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5184 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5185 NamedDecl *Template, 5186 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5187 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5188 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5189 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5190 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5191 5192 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5193 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5194 /// 5195 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5196 /// provided. 5197 /// 5198 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5199 /// 5200 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5201 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5202 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5203 /// arguments. 5204 /// 5205 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5206 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5207 /// set of template arguments. 5208 /// 5209 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5210 /// arguments. 5211 /// 5212 /// 5213 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5214 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5215 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5216 /// 5217 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5218 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5219 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5220 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5221 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5222 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5223 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5224 5225 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5226 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5227 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5228 5229 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5230 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5231 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5232 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5233 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5234 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5235 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5236 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5237 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5238 5239 ExprResult 5240 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5241 QualType ParamType, 5242 SourceLocation Loc); 5243 ExprResult 5244 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5245 SourceLocation Loc); 5246 5247 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5248 /// for equality. 5249 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5250 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5251 /// that might be redeclarations. 5252 /// 5253 /// \code 5254 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5255 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5256 /// \endcode 5257 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5258 5259 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5260 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5261 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5262 /// 5263 /// \code 5264 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5265 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5266 /// \endcode 5267 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5268 5269 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5270 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5271 /// template parameter. 5272 /// 5273 /// \code 5274 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5275 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5276 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5277 /// \endcode 5278 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5279 }; 5280 5281 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5282 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5283 bool Complain, 5284 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5285 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5286 = SourceLocation()); 5287 5288 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5289 5290 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5291 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5292 /// 5293 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5294 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5295 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5296 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5297 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5298 TypeResult 5299 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5300 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5301 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5302 5303 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5304 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5305 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5306 /// 5307 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5308 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5309 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5310 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5311 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5312 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5313 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5314 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5315 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5316 TypeResult 5317 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5318 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5319 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5320 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5321 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5322 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5323 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5324 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5325 5326 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5327 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5328 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5329 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5330 SourceLocation IILoc); 5331 5332 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5333 SourceLocation Loc, 5334 DeclarationName Name); 5335 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5336 5337 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5338 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5339 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5340 5341 std::string 5342 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5343 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5344 5345 std::string 5346 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5347 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5348 unsigned NumArgs); 5349 5350 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5351 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5352 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5353 5354 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5355 /// being diagnosed. 5356 /// 5357 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5358 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5359 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5360 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5361 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5362 5363 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5364 UPPC_BaseType, 5365 5366 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5367 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5368 5369 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5370 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5371 5372 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5373 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5374 5375 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5376 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5377 5378 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5379 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5380 5381 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5382 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5383 5384 /// \brief A using declaration. 5385 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5386 5387 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5388 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5389 5390 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5391 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5392 5393 /// \brief An initializer. 5394 UPPC_Initializer, 5395 5396 /// \brief A default argument. 5397 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5398 5399 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5400 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5401 5402 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5403 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5404 5405 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5406 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5407 5408 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5409 UPPC_IfExists, 5410 5411 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5412 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5413 5414 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5415 UPPC_Lambda, 5416 5417 /// \brief Block expression, 5418 UPPC_Block 5419}; 5420 5421 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5422 /// 5423 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5424 /// 5425 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5426 /// parameter packs. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5429 /// 5430 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5431 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5432 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5433 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5434 5435 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5436 /// diagnose the error. 5437 /// 5438 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5439 /// 5440 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5441 /// packs. 5442 /// 5443 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5444 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5445 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5446 5447 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5448 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5449 /// 5450 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5451 /// parameter packs. 5452 /// 5453 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5454 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5455 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5456 5457 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5458 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5459 /// 5460 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5461 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5462 /// 5463 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5464 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5465 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5466 5467 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5468 /// diagnose the error. 5469 /// 5470 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5471 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5472 /// 5473 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5474 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5475 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5476 5477 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5478 /// diagnose the error. 5479 /// 5480 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5481 /// 5482 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5483 /// parameter packs. 5484 /// 5485 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5486 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5487 TemplateName Template, 5488 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5489 5490 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5491 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5492 /// 5493 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5494 /// parameter packs. 5495 /// 5496 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5497 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5498 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5499 5500 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5501 /// template argument. 5502 /// 5503 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5504 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5505 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5506 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5507 5508 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5509 /// template argument. 5510 /// 5511 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5512 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5513 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5514 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5515 5516 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5517 /// type. 5518 /// 5519 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5520 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5521 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5522 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5523 5524 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5525 /// type. 5526 /// 5527 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5528 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5529 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5530 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5531 5532 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5533 /// nested-name-specifier. 5534 /// 5535 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5536 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5537 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5538 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5539 5540 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5541 /// name. 5542 /// 5543 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5544 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5545 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5546 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5547 5548 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5549 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5550 /// 5551 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5552 /// may already be invalid. 5553 /// 5554 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5555 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5556 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5557 5558 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5559 /// creates a pack expansion. 5560 /// 5561 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5562 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5563 /// 5564 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5565 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5566 5567 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5568 /// expansion. 5569 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5570 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5571 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5572 5573 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5574 /// expansion. 5575 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5576 SourceRange PatternRange, 5577 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5578 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5579 5580 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5581 /// creates a pack expansion. 5582 /// 5583 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5584 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5585 /// 5586 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5587 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5588 5589 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5590 /// creates a pack expansion. 5591 /// 5592 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5593 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5594 /// 5595 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5596 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5597 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5598 5599 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5600 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5601 /// transforming the pattern. 5602 /// 5603 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5604 /// pack expansion. 5605 /// 5606 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5607 /// the pack expansion. 5608 /// 5609 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5610 /// pattern. 5611 /// 5612 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5613 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5614 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5615 /// 5616 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5617 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5618 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5619 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5620 /// 5621 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5622 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5623 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5624 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5625 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5626 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5627 /// set this value in other cases. 5628 /// 5629 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5630 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5631 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5632 /// must be set. 5633 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5634 SourceRange PatternRange, 5635 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5636 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5637 bool &ShouldExpand, 5638 bool &RetainExpansion, 5639 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5640 5641 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5642 /// type. 5643 /// 5644 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5645 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5646 /// 5647 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5648 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5649 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5650 5651 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5652 /// parameter packs. 5653 /// 5654 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5655 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5656 /// 5657 /// \code 5658 /// void f(T...); 5659 /// \endcode 5660 /// 5661 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5662 /// a variadic function. 5663 /// 5664 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5665 /// false otherwise. 5666 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5667 5668 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5669 /// 5670 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5671 /// 5672 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5673 /// 5674 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5675 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5676 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5677 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5678 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5679 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5680 5681 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5682 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5683 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5684 5685 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5686 /// 5687 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5688 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5689 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5690 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5691 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5692 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5693 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5694 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5695 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5696 TDK_Success = 0, 5697 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5698 TDK_Invalid, 5699 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5700 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5701 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5702 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5703 /// for every template parameter. 5704 TDK_Incomplete, 5705 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5706 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5707 TDK_Inconsistent, 5708 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5709 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5710 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5711 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5712 TDK_Underqualified, 5713 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5714 /// resulted in an error. 5715 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5716 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5717 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5718 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5719 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5720 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5721 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5722 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5723 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5724 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5725 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5726 /// template arguments for the given template. 5727 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5728 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5729 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5730 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5731 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5732 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5733 }; 5734 5735 TemplateDeductionResult 5736 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5737 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5738 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5739 5740 TemplateDeductionResult 5741 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5742 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5743 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5744 5745 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5746 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5747 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5748 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5749 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5750 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5751 5752 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5753 // deduction for a call. 5754 struct OriginalCallArg { 5755 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5756 unsigned ArgIdx, 5757 QualType OriginalArgType) 5758 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5759 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5760 5761 QualType OriginalParamType; 5762 unsigned ArgIdx; 5763 QualType OriginalArgType; 5764 }; 5765 5766 TemplateDeductionResult 5767 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5768 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5769 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5770 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5771 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5772 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5773 5774 TemplateDeductionResult 5775 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5776 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5777 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5778 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5779 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5780 5781 TemplateDeductionResult 5782 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5783 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5784 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5785 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5786 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5787 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5788 5789 TemplateDeductionResult 5790 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5791 QualType ToType, 5792 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5793 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5794 5795 TemplateDeductionResult 5796 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5797 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5798 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5799 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5800 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5801 5802 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5803 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5804 DAR_Succeeded, 5805 DAR_Failed, 5806 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5807 }; 5808 5809 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5810 QualType &Result); 5811 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5812 QualType &Result); 5813 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5814 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5815 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5816 bool Diagnose = true); 5817 5818 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5819 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5820 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5821 5822 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5823 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5824 SourceLocation Loc, 5825 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5826 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5827 UnresolvedSetIterator 5828 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5829 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5830 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5831 unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc, 5832 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5833 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5834 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5835 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5836 5837 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5838 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5839 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5840 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5841 SourceLocation Loc); 5842 5843 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5844 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5845 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5846 5847 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5848 bool OnlyDeduced, 5849 unsigned Depth, 5850 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5851 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5852 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5853 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5854 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5855 } 5856 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5857 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5858 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5859 5860 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5861 // C++ Template Instantiation 5862 // 5863 5864 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5865 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5866 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5867 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5868 5869 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5870 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5871 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5872 enum InstantiationKind { 5873 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5874 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5875 TemplateInstantiation, 5876 5877 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5878 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5879 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5880 /// arguments as specified. 5881 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5882 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5883 5884 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5885 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5886 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5887 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5888 5889 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5890 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5891 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5892 5893 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5894 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5895 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5896 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5897 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5898 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5899 5900 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5901 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5902 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5903 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5904 5905 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5906 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5907 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5908 5909 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5910 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5911 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5912 } Kind; 5913 5914 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5915 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5916 5917 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5918 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5919 /// arguments. 5920 NamedDecl *Template; 5921 5922 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5923 Decl *Entity; 5924 5925 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5926 /// are not part of the entity. 5927 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5928 5929 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5930 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5931 5932 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5933 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5934 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5935 5936 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5937 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5938 /// template instantiation. 5939 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5940 5941 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5942 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5943 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5944 5945 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5946 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5947 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5948 5949 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5950 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5951 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5952 return false; 5953 5954 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5955 return false; 5956 5957 switch (X.Kind) { 5958 case TemplateInstantiation: 5959 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5960 return true; 5961 5962 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5963 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5964 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5965 5966 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5967 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5968 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5969 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5970 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5971 5972 } 5973 5974 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5975 } 5976 5977 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5978 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5979 return !(X == Y); 5980 } 5981 }; 5982 5983 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5984 /// 5985 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5986 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5987 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5988 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5989 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5990 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5991 5992 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 5993 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 5994 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 5995 5996 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 5997 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 5998 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 5999 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6000 6001 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6002 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6003 /// template defined within it. 6004 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6005 6006 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6007 /// template instantiation. 6008 /// 6009 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6010 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6011 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6012 6013 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6014 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6015 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6016 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6017 6018 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6019 /// error or warning was produced. 6020 /// 6021 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6022 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6023 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6024 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6025 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6026 6027 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6028 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6029 /// 6030 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6031 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6032 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6033 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6034 6035 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6036 /// within a \c Sema object. 6037 /// 6038 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6039 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6040 Sema &Self; 6041 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6042 6043 public: 6044 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6045 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6046 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6047 } 6048 6049 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6050 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6051 } 6052 }; 6053 6054 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6055 6056 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6057 /// 6058 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6059 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6060 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6061 6062 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6063 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6064 /// deduction. 6065 /// 6066 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6067 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6068 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6069 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6070 6071 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6072 /// instantiation. 6073 /// 6074 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6075 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6076 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6077 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6078 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6079 /// 6080 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6081 /// the stack. 6082 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6083 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6084 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6085 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6086 Decl *Entity, 6087 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6088 6089 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6090 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6091 /// of a function template. 6092 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6093 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6094 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6095 6096 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6097 /// template-id. 6098 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6099 TemplateDecl *Template, 6100 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6101 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6102 6103 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6104 /// template-id. 6105 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6106 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6107 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6108 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6109 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6110 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6111 6112 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6113 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6114 /// specialization. 6115 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6116 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6117 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6118 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6119 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6120 6121 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6122 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6123 /// specialization. 6124 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6125 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6126 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6127 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6128 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6129 6130 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6131 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6132 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6133 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6134 6135 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6136 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6137 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6138 NamedDecl *Template, 6139 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6140 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6141 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6142 6143 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6144 NamedDecl *Template, 6145 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6146 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6147 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6148 6149 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6150 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6151 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6152 TemplateDecl *Template, 6153 NamedDecl *Param, 6154 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6155 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6156 6157 6158 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6159 void Clear(); 6160 6161 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6162 6163 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6164 /// recursive template instantiations. 6165 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6166 6167 private: 6168 Sema &SemaRef; 6169 bool Invalid; 6170 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6171 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6172 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6173 6174 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6175 6176 InstantiatingTemplate& 6177 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6178 }; 6179 6180 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6181 6182 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6183 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6184 /// errors. 6185 /// 6186 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6187 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6188 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6189 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6190 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6191 6192 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6193 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6194 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6195 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6196 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6197 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6198 } 6199 6200 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6201 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6202 /// deduction.` 6203 class SFINAETrap { 6204 Sema &SemaRef; 6205 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6206 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6207 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6208 6209 public: 6210 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6211 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6212 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6213 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6214 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6215 { 6216 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6217 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6218 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6219 } 6220 6221 ~SFINAETrap() { 6222 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6223 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6224 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6225 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6226 } 6227 6228 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6229 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6230 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6231 } 6232 }; 6233 6234 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6235 /// variables. 6236 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6237 6238 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6239 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6240 6241 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6242 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6243 6244 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6245 /// name lookup. 6246 /// 6247 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6248 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6249 /// string represents a keyword. 6250 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6251 6252 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6253 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6254 6255 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6256 /// 6257 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6258 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6259 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6260 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6261 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6262 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6263 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6264 6265 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6266 /// but have not yet been performed. 6267 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6268 6269 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6270 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6271 /// 6272 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6273 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6274 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6275 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6276 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6277 6278 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6279 6280 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6281 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6282 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6283 6284 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6285 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6286 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6287 6288 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6289 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6290 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6291 6292 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6293 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6294 SourceLocation Loc, 6295 DeclarationName Entity, 6296 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6297 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6298 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6299 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6300 int indexAdjustment, 6301 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6302 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6303 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6304 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6305 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6306 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6307 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6308 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6309 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6310 6311 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6312 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6313 /// 6314 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6315 /// 6316 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6317 /// 6318 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6319 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6320 /// 6321 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6322 /// 6323 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6324 /// 6325 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6326 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6327 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6328 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6329 6330 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6331 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6332 6333 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6334 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6335 6336 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6337 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6338 bool CXXDirectInit); 6339 6340 bool 6341 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6342 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6343 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6344 6345 bool 6346 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6347 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6348 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6349 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6350 bool Complain = true); 6351 6352 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6353 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6354 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6355 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6356 6357 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6358 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6359 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6360 Decl *NewDecl; 6361 6362 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6363 Decl *D) 6364 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6365 { } 6366 }; 6367 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6368 6369 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6370 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6371 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6372 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6373 6374 bool 6375 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6376 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6377 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6378 bool Complain = true); 6379 6380 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6381 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6382 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6383 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6384 6385 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6386 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6387 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6388 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6389 6390 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6391 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6392 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6393 6394 DeclarationNameInfo 6395 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6396 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6397 TemplateName 6398 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6399 SourceLocation Loc, 6400 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6401 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6402 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6403 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6404 6405 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6406 FunctionDecl *Function); 6407 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6408 FunctionDecl *Function, 6409 bool Recursive = false, 6410 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6411 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6412 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6413 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6414 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6415 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6416 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6417 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6418 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6419 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6420 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6421 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6422 void 6423 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6424 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6425 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6426 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0, 6427 bool ForVarTemplate = false); 6428 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6429 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6430 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6431 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6432 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6433 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6434 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6435 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6436 VarDecl *Var, 6437 bool Recursive = false, 6438 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6439 6440 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6441 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6442 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6443 6444 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6445 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6446 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6447 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6448 6449 // Objective-C declarations. 6450 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6451 OCK_None = -1, 6452 OCK_Interface = 0, 6453 OCK_Protocol, 6454 OCK_Category, 6455 OCK_ClassExtension, 6456 OCK_Implementation, 6457 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6458 }; 6459 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6460 6461 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6462 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6463 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6464 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6465 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6466 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6467 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6468 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6469 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6470 AttributeList *AttrList); 6471 6472 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6473 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6474 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6475 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6476 6477 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6478 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6479 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6480 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6481 6482 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6483 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6484 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6485 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6486 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6487 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6488 AttributeList *AttrList); 6489 6490 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6491 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6492 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6493 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6494 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6495 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6496 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6497 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6498 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6499 6500 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6501 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6502 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6503 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6504 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6505 6506 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6507 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6508 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6509 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6510 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6511 6512 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6513 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6514 6515 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6516 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6517 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6518 unsigned NumElts); 6519 6520 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6521 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6522 unsigned NumElts, 6523 AttributeList *attrList); 6524 6525 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6526 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6527 unsigned NumProtocols, 6528 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6529 6530 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6531 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6532 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6533 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6534 SourceLocation Loc, 6535 unsigned &Attributes, 6536 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6537 6538 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6539 /// setters and getters as needed. 6540 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6541 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6542 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6543 /// in class extension. 6544 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6545 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6546 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6547 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6548 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6549 6550 6551 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6552 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6553 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6554 6555 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6556 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6557 6558 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6559 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6560 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6561 6562 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6563 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6564 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6565 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6566 bool *OverridingProperty, 6567 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6568 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6569 6570 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6571 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6572 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6573 bool ImplKind, 6574 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6575 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6576 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6577 6578 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6579 OSMK_None, 6580 OSMK_Alloc, 6581 OSMK_New, 6582 OSMK_Copy, 6583 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6584 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6585 }; 6586 6587 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6588 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6589 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6590 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6591 // in this case. 6592 ParsedType Type; 6593 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6594 6595 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6596 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6597 }; 6598 6599 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6600 Scope *S, 6601 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6602 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6603 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6604 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6605 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6606 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6607 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6608 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6609 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6610 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6611 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6612 6613 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6614 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6615 bool IsInstance); 6616 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6617 bool IsInstance); 6618 6619 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6620 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6621 6622 ExprResult 6623 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6624 Expr *BaseExpr, 6625 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6626 DeclarationName MemberName, 6627 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6628 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6629 bool Super); 6630 6631 ExprResult 6632 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6633 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6634 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6635 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6636 6637 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6638 6639 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6640 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6641 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6642 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6643 ObjCSuperMessage, 6644 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6645 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6646 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6647 /// name. 6648 ObjCClassMessage 6649 }; 6650 6651 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6652 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6653 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6654 bool IsSuper, 6655 bool HasTrailingDot, 6656 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6657 6658 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6659 Selector Sel, 6660 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6661 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6662 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6663 MultiExprArg Args); 6664 6665 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6666 QualType ReceiverType, 6667 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6668 Selector Sel, 6669 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6670 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6671 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6672 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6673 MultiExprArg Args, 6674 bool isImplicit = false); 6675 6676 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6677 bool isSuperReceiver, 6678 SourceLocation Loc, 6679 Selector Sel, 6680 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6681 MultiExprArg Args); 6682 6683 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6684 ParsedType Receiver, 6685 Selector Sel, 6686 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6687 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6688 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6689 MultiExprArg Args); 6690 6691 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6692 QualType ReceiverType, 6693 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6694 Selector Sel, 6695 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6696 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6697 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6698 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6699 MultiExprArg Args, 6700 bool isImplicit = false); 6701 6702 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6703 QualType ReceiverType, 6704 SourceLocation Loc, 6705 Selector Sel, 6706 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6707 MultiExprArg Args); 6708 6709 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6710 Expr *Receiver, 6711 Selector Sel, 6712 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6713 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6714 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6715 MultiExprArg Args); 6716 6717 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6718 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6719 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6720 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6721 Expr *SubExpr); 6722 6723 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6724 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6725 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6726 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6727 ParsedType Type, 6728 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6729 Expr *SubExpr); 6730 6731 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6732 6733 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6734 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6735 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6736 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6737 6738 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6739 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6740 RTC_Compatible, 6741 RTC_Incompatible, 6742 RTC_Unknown 6743 }; 6744 6745 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6747 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6748 6749 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6750 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6751 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6752 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6753 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6754 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6755 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6756 }; 6757 6758 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6759 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6760 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6761 6762 enum PragmaPackKind { 6763 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6764 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6765 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6766 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6767 }; 6768 6769 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6770 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6771 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6772 }; 6773 6774 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6775 PCK_Unknown, 6776 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6777 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6778 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6779 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6780 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6781 }; 6782 6783 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6784 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6785 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6786 Expr *Alignment, 6787 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6788 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6789 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6790 6791 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6792 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6793 6794 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 6795 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6796 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6797 6798 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6799 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6800 6801 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6802 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6803 Scope *curScope, 6804 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6805 6806 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6807 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6808 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6809 6810 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6811 SourceLocation Loc); 6812 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6813 6814 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6815 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6816 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6817 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6818 6819 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6820 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6821 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6822 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6823 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6824 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6825 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6826 6827 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6828 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6829 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6830 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6831 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6832 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6833 6834 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6835 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6836 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6837 6838 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6839 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6840 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6841 6842 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6843 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6844 6845 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6846 void FreePackedContext(); 6847 6848 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6849 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6850 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6851 SourceLocation Loc); 6852 6853 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6854 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6855 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6856 6857 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6858 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6859 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6860 6861 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6862 void FreeVisContext(); 6863 6864 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6865 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6866 /// the appropriate attribute. 6867 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6868 6869 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6870 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6871 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6872 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6873 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6874 6875 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6876 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6877 /// threadprivate'. 6878 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6879 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6880 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6881 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6882 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6883 SourceLocation Loc, 6884 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6885 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6886 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6887 SourceLocation Loc, 6888 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6889 6890 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6891 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6892 Stmt *AStmt, 6893 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6894 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6895 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 6896 /// of the associated statement. 6897 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6898 Stmt *AStmt, 6899 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6900 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6901 6902 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6903 unsigned Argument, 6904 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 6905 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6906 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6907 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6908 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 6909 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 6910 SourceLocation KindLoc, 6911 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6912 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6913 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6914 6915 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6916 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 6917 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6918 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6919 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6920 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 6921 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6922 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6923 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6924 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6925 6926 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6927 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6928 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6929 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6930 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6931 CCK_CStyleCast, 6932 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6933 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6934 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6935 CCK_OtherCast 6936 }; 6937 6938 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6939 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6940 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6941 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6942 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6943 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6944 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6945 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6946 6947 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6948 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6949 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6950 6951 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6952 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6953 /// required. 6954 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6955 6956 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6957 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6958 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6959 6960 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6961 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6962 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6963 6964 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6965 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6966 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6967 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6968 6969 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6970 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6971 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6972 // type. 6973 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6974 6975 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6976 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6977 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6978 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6979 6980 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6981 enum VariadicCallType { 6982 VariadicFunction, 6983 VariadicBlock, 6984 VariadicMethod, 6985 VariadicConstructor, 6986 VariadicDoesNotApply 6987 }; 6988 6989 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6990 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6991 Expr *Fn); 6992 6993 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6994 // vararg function. 6995 enum VarArgKind { 6996 VAK_Valid, 6997 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6998 VAK_Undefined, 6999 VAK_Invalid 7000 }; 7001 7002 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 7003 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 7004 7005 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 7006 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 7007 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 7008 7009 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 7010 /// form of call prototypes. 7011 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 7012 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7013 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7014 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7015 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7016 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7017 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7018 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7019 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7020 7021 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7022 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7023 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7024 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7025 7026 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7027 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7028 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7029 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7030 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7031 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7032 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7033 7034 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7035 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7036 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7037 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7038 /// source and destination type. 7039 enum AssignConvertType { 7040 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7041 Compatible, 7042 7043 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7044 /// accept as an extension. 7045 PointerToInt, 7046 7047 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7048 /// accept as an extension. 7049 IntToPointer, 7050 7051 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7052 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7053 FunctionVoidPointer, 7054 7055 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7056 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7057 IncompatiblePointer, 7058 7059 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7060 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7061 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7062 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7063 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7064 7065 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7066 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7067 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7068 7069 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7070 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7071 /// like address spaces. 7072 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7073 7074 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7075 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7076 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7077 /// extension. 7078 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7079 7080 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7081 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7082 IncompatibleVectors, 7083 7084 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7085 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7086 IntToBlockPointer, 7087 7088 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7089 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7090 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7091 7092 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7093 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7094 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7095 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7096 7097 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7098 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7099 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7100 7101 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7102 /// represent it in the AST. 7103 Incompatible 7104 }; 7105 7106 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7107 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7108 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7109 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7110 SourceLocation Loc, 7111 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7112 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7113 bool *Complained = 0); 7114 7115 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7116 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7117 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7118 Expr *SrcExpr); 7119 7120 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7121 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7122 /// C99 6.5.16. 7123 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7124 QualType LHSType, 7125 QualType RHSType); 7126 7127 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7128 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7129 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7130 ExprResult &RHS, 7131 CastKind &Kind); 7132 7133 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7134 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7135 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7136 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7137 ExprResult &RHS, 7138 bool Diagnose = true, 7139 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7140 7141 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7142 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7143 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7144 ExprResult &RHS); 7145 7146 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7147 7148 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7149 7150 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7151 AssignmentAction Action, 7152 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7153 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7154 AssignmentAction Action, 7155 bool AllowExplicit, 7156 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7157 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7158 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7159 AssignmentAction Action, 7160 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7161 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7162 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7163 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7164 AssignmentAction Action, 7165 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7166 7167 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7168 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7169 7170 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7171 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7172 ExprResult &RHS); 7173 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7174 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7175 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7176 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7177 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7178 bool IsDivide); 7179 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7180 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7181 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7182 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7183 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7184 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7185 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7186 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7187 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7188 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7189 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7190 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7191 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7192 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7193 bool isRelational); 7194 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7195 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7196 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7197 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7198 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7199 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7200 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7201 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7202 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7203 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7204 7205 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7206 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7207 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7208 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7209 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7210 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7211 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7212 7213 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7214 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7215 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7216 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7217 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7218 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7219 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7220 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7221 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7222 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7223 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7224 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7225 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7226 NonStandardCompositeType); 7227 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7228 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7229 return Composite; 7230 } 7231 7232 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7233 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7234 7235 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7236 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7237 7238 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7239 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7240 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7241 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7242 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7243 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7244 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7245 SourceLocation Loc); 7246 7247 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7248 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7249 7250 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7251 7252 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7253 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7254 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7255 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7256 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7257 /// reference binding is not possible. 7258 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7259 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7260 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7261 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7262 Ref_Related, 7263 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7264 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7265 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7266 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7267 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7268 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7269 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7270 Ref_Compatible 7271 }; 7272 7273 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7274 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7275 bool &DerivedToBase, 7276 bool &ObjCConversion, 7277 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7278 7279 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7280 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7281 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7282 7283 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7284 /// given type. 7285 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7286 7287 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7288 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7289 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7290 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7291 7292 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7293 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7294 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7295 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7296 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7297 CastKind &Kind); 7298 7299 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7300 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7301 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7302 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7303 // returns the cast expr 7304 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7305 CastKind &Kind); 7306 7307 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7308 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7309 Expr *CastExpr, 7310 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7311 7312 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7313 7314 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7315 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7316 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7317 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7318 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7319 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7320 7321 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7322 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7323 7324 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7325 QualType ExprType); 7326 7327 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7328 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7329 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7330 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7331 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7332 7333 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7334 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7335 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7336 7337 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7338 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7339 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7340 7341 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7342 /// \param Method - May be null. 7343 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7344 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7345 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7346 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7347 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7348 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7349 bool isSuperMessage, 7350 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7351 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7352 7353 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7354 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7355 /// and the form of the message send. 7356 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7357 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7358 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7359 7360 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7361 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7362 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7363 7364 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7365 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7366 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7367 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7368 7369 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7370 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7371 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7372 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7373 /// 7374 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7375 /// 'if' keyword. 7376 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7377 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7378 7379 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7380 Expr *SubExpr); 7381 7382 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7383 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7384 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7385 7386 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7387 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7388 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7389 7390 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7391 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7392 7393 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7394 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7395 /// the specified diagnostic. 7396 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7397 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7398 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7399 7400 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7401 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7402 /// in the global scope. 7403 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7404 7405 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7406 /// expression violations. 7407 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7408 public: 7409 bool Suppress; 7410 7411 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7412 7413 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7414 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7415 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7416 }; 7417 7418 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7419 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7420 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7421 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7422 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7423 bool AllowFold = true); 7424 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7425 unsigned DiagID, 7426 bool AllowFold = true); 7427 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7428 7429 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7430 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7431 /// Returns false on success. 7432 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7433 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7434 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7435 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7436 7437 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7438 CFT_Device, 7439 CFT_Global, 7440 CFT_Host, 7441 CFT_HostDevice 7442 }; 7443 7444 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7445 7446 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7447 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7448 7449 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7450 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7451 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7452 } 7453 7454 /// \name Code completion 7455 //@{ 7456 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7457 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7458 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7459 PCC_Namespace, 7460 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7461 PCC_Class, 7462 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7463 /// or category. 7464 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7465 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7466 /// category implementation 7467 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7468 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7469 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7470 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7471 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7472 /// headers. 7473 PCC_Template, 7474 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7475 /// headers within a class. 7476 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7477 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7478 PCC_Expression, 7479 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7480 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7481 PCC_Statement, 7482 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7483 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7484 PCC_ForInit, 7485 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7486 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7487 PCC_Condition, 7488 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7489 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7490 /// in the grammar. 7491 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7492 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7493 PCC_Type, 7494 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7495 /// might also be a type cast. 7496 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7497 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7498 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7499 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7500 }; 7501 7502 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7503 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7504 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7505 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7506 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7507 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7508 7509 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7510 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7511 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7512 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7513 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7514 bool IsArrow); 7515 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7516 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7517 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7518 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7519 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7520 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7521 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7522 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7523 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7524 7525 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7526 bool EnteringContext); 7527 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7528 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7529 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7530 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7531 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7532 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7533 Decl *Constructor, 7534 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7535 7536 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7537 bool AfterAmpersand); 7538 7539 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7540 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7541 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7542 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7543 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7544 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7545 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7546 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7547 bool IsParameter); 7548 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7549 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7550 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7551 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7552 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7553 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7554 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7555 bool IsSuper = false); 7556 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7557 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7558 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7559 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7560 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7561 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7562 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7563 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7564 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7565 unsigned NumProtocols); 7566 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7567 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7568 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7569 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7570 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7571 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7572 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7573 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7574 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7575 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7576 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7577 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7578 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7579 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7580 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7581 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7582 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7583 ParsedType ReturnType); 7584 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7585 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7586 bool AtParameterName, 7587 ParsedType ReturnType, 7588 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7589 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7590 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7591 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7592 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7593 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7594 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7595 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7596 unsigned Argument); 7597 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7598 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7599 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7600 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7601 //@} 7602 7603 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7604 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7605 7606public: 7607 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7608 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7609 7610private: 7611 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7612 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7613 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7614 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7615 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7616 // FunctionDeclaration. 7617 struct FormatStringInfo { 7618 unsigned FormatIdx; 7619 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7620 bool HasVAListArg; 7621 }; 7622 7623 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7624 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7625 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7626 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7627 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7628 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7629 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7630 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7631 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7632 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7633 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7634 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7635 SourceLocation Loc); 7636 7637 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7638 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7639 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7640 VariadicCallType CallType); 7641 7642 7643 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7644 7645 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7646 7647 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7648 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7649 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7650 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7651 7652 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7653 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7654 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7655 7656public: 7657 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7658 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7659 7660private: 7661 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7662 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7663 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7664 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7665 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7666 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7667 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7668 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7669 7670public: 7671 enum FormatStringType { 7672 FST_Scanf, 7673 FST_Printf, 7674 FST_NSString, 7675 FST_Strftime, 7676 FST_Strfmon, 7677 FST_Kprintf, 7678 FST_Unknown 7679 }; 7680 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7681 7682 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7683 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7684 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7685 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7686 VariadicCallType CallType, 7687 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7688 7689private: 7690 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7691 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7692 bool IsCXXMember, 7693 VariadicCallType CallType, 7694 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7695 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7696 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7697 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7698 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7699 VariadicCallType CallType, 7700 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7701 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7702 7703 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7704 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7705 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7706 7707 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7708 unsigned BId, 7709 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7710 7711 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7712 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7713 7714 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7715 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7716 7717 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7718 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7719 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7720 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7721 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7722 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7723 7724 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7725 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7726 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7727 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7728 7729 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7730 Expr *Init); 7731 7732public: 7733 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7734 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7735 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7736 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7737 7738 struct TypeTagData { 7739 TypeTagData() {} 7740 7741 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7742 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7743 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7744 {} 7745 7746 QualType Type; 7747 7748 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7749 /// layout-compatibility. 7750 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7751 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7752 }; 7753 7754 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7755 /// identifies the magic value. 7756 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7757 7758private: 7759 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7760 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7761 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7762 7763 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7764 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7765 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7766 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7767 7768 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7769 /// 7770 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7771 Scope *CurScope; 7772 7773 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7774 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7775 7776protected: 7777 friend class Parser; 7778 friend class InitializationSequence; 7779 friend class ASTReader; 7780 friend class ASTWriter; 7781 7782public: 7783 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7784 /// 7785 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7786 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7787 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7788 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7789 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7790 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7791 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7792 7793 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7794 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7795 7796 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7797 7798 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7799 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7800 } 7801 7802 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7803 7804 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7805 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7806 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7807 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7808 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7809 return DC; 7810 } 7811}; 7812 7813/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7814class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7815 Sema &Actions; 7816 7817public: 7818 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7819 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7820 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7821 bool IsDecltype = false) 7822 : Actions(Actions) { 7823 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7824 IsDecltype); 7825 } 7826 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7827 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7828 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7829 bool IsDecltype = false) 7830 : Actions(Actions) { 7831 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7832 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7833 IsDecltype); 7834 } 7835 7836 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7837 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7838 } 7839}; 7840 7841DeductionFailureInfo 7842MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7843 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7844 7845/// \brief Contains a late templated function. 7846/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 7847struct LateParsedTemplate { 7848 CachedTokens Toks; 7849 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 7850 Decl *D; 7851}; 7852 7853} // end namespace clang 7854 7855#endif 7856